Update interface to TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK
[gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121 \n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145 \n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157 \n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185 \n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
196 \n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
218
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239 \n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243 \n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249 \n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
263 \n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266 \n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
301
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
311 \n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
314 \n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
322 \n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
328 \n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
336 \n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
349
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
359
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
369
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
380 \n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
385 \n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
392 \n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
399 \n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
404 \n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
409 \n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
419
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
426 \n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
432
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
445
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
461
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
480
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
491
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
502 \n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
509
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
522 \n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
525 \n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
529
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
539 \n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
545
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
554 \n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
561
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
573
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
582
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
589
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
595 \n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
600 \n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
606
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
613
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
626 \n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
633 \n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
637 \n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
641 \n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
646 \n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
651 \n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
655 \n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
663
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
680
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
693
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
721
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
733
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
743
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
753
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
761 \n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
765 \n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
772 \n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
783 \n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
786 \n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
790 \n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
793 \n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
802
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
813
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
821 \n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
828
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
837
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
845
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
852 \n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
861
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
869 \n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
876
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
880 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
881 stream @var{file}.\n\
882 \n\
883 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
884 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
885 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
886 default_asm_output_source_filename)
887
888 DEFHOOK
889 (output_addr_const_extra,
890 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
891 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
892 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
893 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
894 \n\
895 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
896 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
897 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
898 return @code{true}.",
899 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
900 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
901
902 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
903 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
904 initializers. */
905 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
906 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
907
908 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
910 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand,
913 "",
914 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
915 default_print_operand)
916
917 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
918 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
919 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
920 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
921 (print_operand_address,
922 "",
923 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
924 default_print_operand_address)
925
926 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
927 `print_operand' hook. */
928 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
929 not this hook. */
930 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
931 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
932 "",
933 bool ,(unsigned char code),
934 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
935
936 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
938 DEFHOOK
939 (mangle_assembler_name,
940 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
941 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
942 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
943 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
944 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
945 tree, (const char *name),
946 default_mangle_assembler_name)
947
948 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
949
950 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
951 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
952 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
953 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
954 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
955
956 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
957 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
958 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_cost,
961 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
962 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
963 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
964 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
965 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
966 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
967 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
968 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
969 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
970 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
971 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
972 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
973 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
974 unsigned int dw),
975 NULL)
976
977 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
978 DEFHOOK
979 (adjust_priority,
980 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
981 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
982 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
983 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
984 scheduling priorities of insns.",
985 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
986
987 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
988 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
989 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
990 DEFHOOK
991 (issue_rate,
992 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
993 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
994 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
995 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
996 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
997 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
998 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
999 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1000 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1001 int, (void), NULL)
1002
1003 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1004 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1005 DEFHOOK
1006 (variable_issue,
1007 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1008 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1009 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1010 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1011 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1012 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1013 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1014 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1015 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1016 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1017 was scheduled.",
1018 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1019
1020 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1021 DEFHOOK
1022 (init,
1023 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1024 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1025 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1026 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1027 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1028 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1029 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1031
1032 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (finish,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1036 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1037 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1038 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1039 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1042
1043 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1044 DEFHOOK
1045 (init_global,
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1047 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1048 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1049 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1050 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1051
1052 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1053 DEFHOOK
1054 (finish_global,
1055 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1057 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1058 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1059
1060 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1061 places. Default does nothing. */
1062 DEFHOOK
1063 (reorder,
1064 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1065 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1066 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1067 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1068 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1069 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1070 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1071 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1072 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1073 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1074 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1075 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1076 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1077 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1078 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1079
1080 DEFHOOK
1081 (reorder2,
1082 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1083 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1084 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1085 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1086 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1087 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1088 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1089 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1090 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1091
1092 DEFHOOK
1093 (macro_fusion_p,
1094 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1095 bool, (void), NULL)
1096
1097 DEFHOOK
1098 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1099 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1100 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1101 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1102 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1103 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1104 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1105 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1106
1107 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1108 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1109 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1110 DEFHOOK
1111 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1112 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1113 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1114 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1115 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1116 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1117 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1118 calculated.",
1119 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1120
1121 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1122 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1123 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1124 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1125 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1126 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1127 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1128 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1129 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1130
1131 DEFHOOK
1132 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1133 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1134 void, (void), NULL)
1135
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1139 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1140 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1141 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1142 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1143 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1144 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1145 rtx, (void), NULL)
1146
1147 DEFHOOK
1148 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1149 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1150 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1151 void, (void), NULL)
1152
1153 DEFHOOK
1154 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1155 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1156 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1157 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1158 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1159
1160 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1161 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1162 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1163 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1164
1165 DEFHOOK
1166 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1167 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1168 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1169 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1170 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1171 void, (void), NULL)
1172
1173 DEFHOOK
1174 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1175 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1176 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1177 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1178 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1179 void, (void), NULL)
1180
1181 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1182 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1183 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1184 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1185 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1186 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1187 insns on the same cycle. */
1188 DEFHOOK
1189 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1190 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1191 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1192 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1193 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1194 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1195 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1196 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1197 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1198 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1199 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1200 \n\
1201 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1202 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1203 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1204 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1205 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1206 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1207 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1208 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1209 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1210 \n\
1211 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1212 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1213 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1214 \n\
1215 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1216 int, (void), NULL)
1217
1218 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1219 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1220 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1221 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1222 DEFHOOK
1223 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1224 "\n\
1225 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1226 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1227 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1228 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1229 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1230 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1231 number of cycles.\n\
1232 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1233 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1234 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1235 \n\
1236 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1237 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1238
1239 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1240 scheduling.
1241 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1242 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1243 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1244 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1245 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1246 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1247 scheduling on current cycle. */
1248 DEFHOOK
1249 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1250 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1251 scheduling.",
1252 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1253 NULL)
1254
1255 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1256 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1257 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1258 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1259 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1260 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1261 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1262 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1263 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1264 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1265 DEFHOOK
1266 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1267 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1268 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1269 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1270
1271 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1272 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA.
1276 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1277 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1278 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1279 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1280 DEFHOOK
1281 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1282 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1283 an instruction.",
1284 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1285
1286 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1287 round of multipass scheduling.
1288 DATA is a pointer.
1289 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1290 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1291 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1292 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1293 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1296 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1297 round of multipass scheduling.",
1298 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1299
1300 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1301 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1302 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1303 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1304 described in DFA. */
1305 DEFHOOK
1306 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1307 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1308 void, (void *data), NULL)
1309
1310 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1311 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1312 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1313 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1314 described in DFA. */
1315 DEFHOOK
1316 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1317 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1318 void, (void *data), NULL)
1319
1320 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1321 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1322 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1323 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1324 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1325 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1326 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1327 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1328 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1329 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1330 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1331 DEFHOOK
1332 (dfa_new_cycle,
1333 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1334 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1335 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1336 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1337 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1338 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1339 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1340 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1341 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1342 and the current processor cycle.",
1343 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1344 int clock, int *sort_p),
1345 NULL)
1346
1347 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1348 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1349 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1350 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1351 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1352 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1353 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1354 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1355 second insn (second parameter). */
1356 DEFHOOK
1357 (is_costly_dependence,
1358 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1359 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1360 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1361 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1362 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1363 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1364 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1365 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1366 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1367 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1368 \n\
1369 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1370 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1371 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1372 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1373 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1374 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1375 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1376 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1377
1378 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1379 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1380 that new instructions were emitted. */
1381 DEFHOOK
1382 (h_i_d_extended,
1383 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1384 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1385 per instruction data structures.",
1386 void, (void), NULL)
1387
1388 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1389
1390 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1391 DEFHOOK
1392 (alloc_sched_context,
1393 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1394 void *, (void), NULL)
1395
1396 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1397 DEFHOOK
1398 (init_sched_context,
1399 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1400 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1401 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1402 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1403
1404 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1405 DEFHOOK
1406 (set_sched_context,
1407 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1408 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1409
1410 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1411 DEFHOOK
1412 (clear_sched_context,
1413 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1414 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1415
1416 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1417 DEFHOOK
1418 (free_sched_context,
1419 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1420 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1421
1422 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1423 by the insn scheduler.
1424 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1425 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1426 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1427 It should return
1428 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1429 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1430 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1431 generated one. */
1432 DEFHOOK
1433 (speculate_insn,
1434 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1435 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1436 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1437 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1438 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1439 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1440 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1441 the generated speculative pattern.",
1442 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1443
1444 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1445 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1446 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1447 DEFHOOK
1448 (needs_block_p,
1449 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1450 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1451 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1452 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1453
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1455 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1456 instruction.
1457 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1458 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1459 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1460 is being performed. */
1461 DEFHOOK
1462 (gen_spec_check,
1463 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1464 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1465 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1466 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1467 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1468 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1469 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1470 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1471 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1472
1473 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1474 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1475 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1476 DEFHOOK
1477 (set_sched_flags,
1478 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1479 enabled/used.\n\
1480 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1481 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1482 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1483
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1486 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1487 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1488
1489 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1490 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1491 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1492 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1493
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (can_speculate_insn,
1496 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1497 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1498 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1499 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1500 should not be speculated.",
1501 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1502
1503 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1504 (skip_rtx_p,
1505 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1506 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1507 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1508
1509 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1510 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1511 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1512 to ddg variable. */
1513 DEFHOOK
1514 (sms_res_mii,
1515 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1516 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1517 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1518 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1519 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1520 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1521 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1522
1523 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1524 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1525 parameters. */
1526 DEFHOOK
1527 (dispatch_do,
1528 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1529 in its second parameter.",
1530 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1531 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1532
1533 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1534 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1535 as the second parameter is true. */
1536 DEFHOOK
1537 (dispatch,
1538 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1539 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1540 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1541 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1542
1543 DEFHOOKPOD
1544 (exposed_pipeline,
1545 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1546 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1547 also the latencies of operations.",
1548 bool, false)
1549
1550 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1551 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1552 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1553 DEFHOOK
1554 (reassociation_width,
1555 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1556 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1557 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1558 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1559
1560 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1561 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1562 DEFHOOK
1563 (fusion_priority,
1564 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1565 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1566 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1567 \n\
1568 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1569 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1570 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1571 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1572 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1573 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1574 \n\
1575 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1576 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1577 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1578 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1579 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1580 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1581 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1582 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1583 instructions.\n\
1584 \n\
1585 Given below example:\n\
1586 \n\
1587 @smallexample\n\
1588 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1589 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1590 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1591 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1592 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1593 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1596 @end smallexample\n\
1597 \n\
1598 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1599 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1600 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1601 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1602 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1603 \n\
1604 @smallexample\n\
1605 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1606 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1607 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1610 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1611 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1612 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1613 @end smallexample\n\
1614 \n\
1615 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1616 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1617 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1618 \n\
1619 @smallexample\n\
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1621 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1622 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1623 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1624 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1625 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1626 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1627 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1628 @end smallexample\n\
1629 \n\
1630 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1631 \n\
1632 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1633 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1634 \n\
1635 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1636 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1637 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1638
1639 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1640
1641 /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1642 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1643 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1644 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1645
1646 DEFHOOK
1647 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1648 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1649 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1650 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1651 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1652 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1653 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1654
1655 DEFHOOK
1656 (adjust,
1657 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1658 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1659 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1660
1661 DEFHOOK
1662 (usable,
1663 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1664 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1665 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1666 to use it.",
1667 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1668
1669 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1670
1671 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1672 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1673 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1674 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1675
1676 DEFHOOK
1677 (vf,
1678 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1679 int, (void), NULL)
1680
1681 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1682
1683 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1684 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1685 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1686 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1687
1688 DEFHOOK
1689 (validate_dims,
1690 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1691 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1692 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1693 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1694 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1695 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1696 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1697 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1698 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1699 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1700 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1701 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1702
1703 DEFHOOK
1704 (dim_limit,
1705 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1706 or zero if unbounded.",
1707 int, (int axis),
1708 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1709
1710 DEFHOOK
1711 (fork_join,
1712 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1713 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1714 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1715 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1716 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1717 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1718 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1719 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1720 default_goacc_fork_join)
1721
1722 DEFHOOK
1723 (reduction,
1724 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1725 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1726 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1727 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1728 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1729 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1730 void, (gcall *call),
1731 default_goacc_reduction)
1732
1733 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1734
1735 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1736 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1737 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1738 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1739
1740 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1741 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1742 function. */
1743 DEFHOOK
1744 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1745 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1746 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1747 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1748 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1749 \n\
1750 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1751 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1752 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1753 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1754 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1755 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1756 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1757 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1758 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1759 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1760 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1761 \n\
1762 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1763 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1764 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1765 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1766 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1767 described above.\n\
1768 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1769 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1770 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1771 tree, (void), NULL)
1772
1773 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1774 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1775 DEFHOOK
1776 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1777 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1778 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1779 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1780 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1784
1785 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1786 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787 DEFHOOK
1788 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1789 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1790 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1791 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1793 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1794 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1795
1796 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1797 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798 DEFHOOK
1799 (builtin_conversion,
1800 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1801 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1802 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1803 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1804 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1805 \n\
1806 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1807 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1808 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1809 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1810 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1811
1812 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1813 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1814 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1815 DEFHOOK
1816 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1817 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1818 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1819 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1820 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1821 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1822
1823 DEFHOOK
1824 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1825 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1826 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1827 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1828 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1829 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1830 for alignment.\n\
1831 \n\
1832 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1833 correct for most targets.",
1834 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1835 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1836
1837 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1838 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1839 DEFHOOK
1840 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1841 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1842 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1843 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1844
1845 /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1846 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
1847 DEFHOOK
1848 (vec_perm_const_ok,
1849 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
1850 bool, (machine_mode, vec_perm_indices),
1851 NULL)
1852
1853 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1854 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1855 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1856 DEFHOOK
1857 (support_vector_misalignment,
1858 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1859 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1860 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1861 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1862 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1863 bool,
1864 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1865 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1866
1867 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1868 scalar mode. */
1869 DEFHOOK
1870 (preferred_simd_mode,
1871 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1872 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1873 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1874 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1875 machine_mode,
1876 (scalar_mode mode),
1877 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1878
1879 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1880 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1881 DEFHOOK
1882 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1883 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1884 after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1885 mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1886 The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
1887 unsigned int,
1888 (void),
1889 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1890
1891 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1892 DEFHOOK
1893 (get_mask_mode,
1894 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1895 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1896 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1897 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1898 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1899 \n\
1900 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1901 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1902 if such a mode exists.",
1903 opt_machine_mode,
1904 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1905 default_get_mask_mode)
1906
1907 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1908 DEFHOOK
1909 (builtin_gather,
1910 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1911 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1912 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1913 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1914 loads.",
1915 tree,
1916 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1917 NULL)
1918
1919 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1920 DEFHOOK
1921 (builtin_scatter,
1922 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1923 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1924 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1925 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1926 stores.",
1927 tree,
1928 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1929 NULL)
1930
1931 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1932 DEFHOOK
1933 (init_cost,
1934 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1935 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1936 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1937 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1938 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1939 "is being vectorized.",
1940 void *,
1941 (struct loop *loop_info),
1942 default_init_cost)
1943
1944 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1945 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1946 block. */
1947 DEFHOOK
1948 (add_stmt_cost,
1949 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1950 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1951 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1952 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1953 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1954 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1955 "revised.",
1956 unsigned,
1957 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1958 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1959 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1960 default_add_stmt_cost)
1961
1962 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1963 loop or block. */
1964 DEFHOOK
1965 (finish_cost,
1966 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1967 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1968 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1969 "the three accumulators.",
1970 void,
1971 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1972 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1973 default_finish_cost)
1974
1975 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1976 DEFHOOK
1977 (destroy_cost_data,
1978 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1979 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1980 "accumulator.",
1981 void,
1982 (void *data),
1983 default_destroy_cost_data)
1984
1985 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1986
1987 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1988 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1989
1990 DEFHOOK
1991 (record_offload_symbol,
1992 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1993 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1994 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1995 void, (tree),
1996 hook_void_tree)
1997
1998 DEFHOOKPOD
1999 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2000 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2001 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2002 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2003 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2004
2005 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2006 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2007 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2008 DEFHOOK
2009 (override_options_after_change,
2010 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2011 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2012 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2013 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2014 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2015 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2016 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2017 void, (void),
2018 hook_void_void)
2019
2020 DEFHOOK
2021 (offload_options,
2022 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2023 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2024 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2025 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2026 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2027 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2028
2029 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2030 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2031 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2032 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2033 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2034
2035 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2036 DEFHOOK
2037 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2038 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2039 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2040 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2041 targets.",
2042 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2043 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2044
2045 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2046 DEFHOOK
2047 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2048 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2049 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2050 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2051 targets.",
2052 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2053 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2054
2055 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2056 DEFHOOK
2057 (unwind_word_mode,
2058 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2059 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2060 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2061 default_unwind_word_mode)
2062
2063 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2064 DEFHOOK
2065 (merge_decl_attributes,
2066 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2067 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2068 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2069 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2070 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2071 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2072 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2073 \n\
2074 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2075 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2076 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2077 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2078 will then define a function called\n\
2079 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2080 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2081 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2082 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2083 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2084 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2085 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2086 merge_decl_attributes)
2087
2088 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2089 DEFHOOK
2090 (merge_type_attributes,
2091 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2092 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2093 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2094 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2095 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2096 merging.",
2097 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2098 merge_type_attributes)
2099
2100 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2101 Ignored if NULL. */
2102 DEFHOOKPOD
2103 (attribute_table,
2104 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2105 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2106 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2107 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2108 take.",
2109 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2110
2111 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2112 argument. */
2113 DEFHOOK
2114 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2115 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2116 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2117 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2118 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2119 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2120 bool, (const_tree name),
2121 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2122
2123 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2124 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2125 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2126 DEFHOOK
2127 (comp_type_attributes,
2128 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2129 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2130 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2131 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2132 supposed always to be compatible.",
2133 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2134 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2135
2136 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2137 DEFHOOK
2138 (set_default_type_attributes,
2139 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2140 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2141 void, (tree type),
2142 hook_void_tree)
2143
2144 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2145 DEFHOOK
2146 (insert_attributes,
2147 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2148 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2149 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2150 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2151 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2152 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2153 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2154 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2155 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2156 needed.",
2157 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2158 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2159
2160 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2161 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2162 DEFHOOK
2163 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2164 "@cindex inlining\n\
2165 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2166 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2167 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2168 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2169 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2170 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2171
2172 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2173 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2174 DEFHOOK
2175 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2176 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2177 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2178 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2179 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2180 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2181 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2182 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2183 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2184 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2185 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2186 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2187 \n\
2188 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2189 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2190 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2191 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2192 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2193 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2194 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2195 \n\
2196 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2197 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2198 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2199 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2200 may affect its placement.",
2201 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2202 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2203
2204 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2205 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2206 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2207 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2208 (words_big_endian,
2209 "",
2210 bool, (void),
2211 targhook_words_big_endian)
2212
2213 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2214 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2215 (float_words_big_endian,
2216 "",
2217 bool, (void),
2218 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2219
2220 DEFHOOK
2221 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2222 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2223 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2224 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2225 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2226 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2227 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2228 does not.",
2229 bool, (void),
2230 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2231
2232 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2233 DEFHOOK
2234 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2235 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2236 bool, (void),
2237 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2238
2239 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2240 DEFHOOK
2241 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2242 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2243 bool, (void),
2244 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2245
2246 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2247 DEFHOOK
2248 (align_anon_bitfield,
2249 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2250 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2251 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2252 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2253 bool, (void),
2254 hook_bool_void_false)
2255
2256 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2257 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2258 DEFHOOK
2259 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2260 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2261 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2262 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2263 \n\
2264 The default is @code{false}.",
2265 bool, (void),
2266 hook_bool_void_false)
2267
2268 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2269 DEFHOOK
2270 (init_builtins,
2271 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2272 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2273 necessary setup.\n\
2274 \n\
2275 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2276 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2277 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2278 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2279 \n\
2280 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2281 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2282 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2283 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2284 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2285 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2286 void, (void),
2287 hook_void_void)
2288
2289 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2290 built-in function decl for CODE.
2291 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2292 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2293 DEFHOOK
2294 (builtin_decl,
2295 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2296 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2297 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2298 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2299 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2300 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2301 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2302 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2303
2304 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2305 DEFHOOK
2306 (expand_builtin,
2307 "\n\
2308 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2309 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2310 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2311 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2312 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2313 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2314 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2315 built-in function.",
2316 rtx,
2317 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2318 default_expand_builtin)
2319
2320 DEFHOOK
2321 (builtin_chkp_function,
2322 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2323 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2324 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2325 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2326 obtained using this hook:\n\
2327 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2328 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2329 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2330 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2331 @end deftypefn\n\
2332 \n\
2333 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2334 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2335 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2336 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2337 @end deftypefn\n\
2338 \n\
2339 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2340 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2341 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2342 address @var{loc}.\n\
2343 @end deftypefn\n\
2344 \n\
2345 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2346 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2347 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2348 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2349 @end deftypefn\n\
2350 \n\
2351 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2352 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2353 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2354 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2355 @end deftypefn\n\
2356 \n\
2357 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2358 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2359 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2360 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2361 @end deftypefn\n\
2362 \n\
2363 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2364 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2365 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2366 @end deftypefn\n\
2367 \n\
2368 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2369 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2370 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2371 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2372 @end deftypefn\n\
2373 \n\
2374 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2375 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2376 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2377 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2378 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2379 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2380 @end deftypefn\n\
2381 \n\
2382 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2383 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2384 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2385 @end deftypefn\n\
2386 \n\
2387 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2388 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2389 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2390 @end deftypefn",
2391 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2392 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2393
2394 DEFHOOK
2395 (chkp_bound_type,
2396 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2397 tree, (void),
2398 default_chkp_bound_type)
2399
2400 DEFHOOK
2401 (chkp_bound_mode,
2402 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2403 machine_mode, (void),
2404 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2405
2406 DEFHOOK
2407 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2408 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2409 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2410 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2411 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2412
2413 DEFHOOK
2414 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2415 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2416 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2417 the number of generated statements.",
2418 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2419 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2420
2421 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2422 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2423 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2424 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2425 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2426 DEFHOOK
2427 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2428 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2429 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2430 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2431 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2432 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2433 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2434 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2435 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2436 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2437 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2438
2439 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2440 and GENERIC. */
2441 DEFHOOK
2442 (fold_builtin,
2443 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2444 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2445 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2446 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2447 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2448 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2449 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2450 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2451 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2452
2453 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2454 DEFHOOK
2455 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2456 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2457 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2458 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2459 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2460 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2461 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2462
2463 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2464 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2465 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2466 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2467 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2468 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2469 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2470 and 0 if they are the same. */
2471 DEFHOOK
2472 (compare_version_priority,
2473 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2474 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2475 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2476 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2477 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2478 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2479 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2480
2481 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2482 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2483 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2484 must be generated. */
2485 DEFHOOK
2486 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2487 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2488 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2489 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2490 body must be generated.",
2491 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2492
2493 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2494 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2495 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2496 identical versions. */
2497 DEFHOOK
2498 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2499 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2500 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2501 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2502 identical versions.",
2503 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2504
2505 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2506 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2507 DEFHOOK
2508 (builtin_reciprocal,
2509 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2510 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2511 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2512 tree, (tree fndecl),
2513 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2514
2515 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2516 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2517 NULL. */
2518 DEFHOOK
2519 (mangle_type,
2520 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2521 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2522 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2523 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2524 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2525 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2526 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2527 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2528 string constant.\n\
2529 \n\
2530 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2531 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2532 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2533 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2534 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2535 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2536 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2537 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2538 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2539 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2540 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2541 spaces in your string.\n\
2542 \n\
2543 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2544 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2545 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2546 before mangling.\n\
2547 \n\
2548 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2549 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2550 types.",
2551 const char *, (const_tree type),
2552 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2553
2554 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2555 DEFHOOK
2556 (init_libfuncs,
2557 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2558 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2559 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2560 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2561 library routines.\n\
2562 \n\
2563 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2564 void, (void),
2565 hook_void_void)
2566
2567 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2568 DEFHOOKPOD
2569 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2570 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2571 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2572 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2573 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2574 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2575 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2576 bool, false)
2577
2578 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2579 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2580 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2581 DEFHOOK
2582 (section_type_flags,
2583 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2584 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2585 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2586 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2587 \n\
2588 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2589 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2590 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2591 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2592 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2593 default_section_type_flags)
2594
2595 DEFHOOK
2596 (libc_has_function,
2597 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2598 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2599 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2600 default_libc_has_function)
2601
2602 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2603 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2604 DEFHOOK
2605 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2606 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2607 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2608 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2609 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2610 \n\
2611 @smallexample\n\
2612 static bool\n\
2613 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2614 @{\n\
2615 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2616 @}\n\
2617 @end smallexample",
2618 bool, (void),
2619 hook_bool_void_false)
2620
2621 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2622 DEFHOOK
2623 (can_follow_jump,
2624 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2625 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2626 false, if it can't.\
2627 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2628 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2629 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2630 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2631
2632 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2633 optimizations should be applied. */
2634 DEFHOOK
2635 (branch_target_register_class,
2636 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2637 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2638 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2639 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2640 to inter-block scheduling.",
2641 reg_class_t, (void),
2642 default_branch_target_register_class)
2643
2644 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2645 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2646 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2647 already been generated. */
2648 DEFHOOK
2649 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2650 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2651 registers\n\
2652 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2653 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2654 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2655 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2656 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2657 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2658 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2659 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2660 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2661 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2662 hook_bool_bool_false)
2663
2664 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2665 DEFHOOK
2666 (have_conditional_execution,
2667 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2668 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2669 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2670 bool, (void),
2671 default_have_conditional_execution)
2672
2673 DEFHOOK
2674 (gen_ccmp_first,
2675 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2676 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2677 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2678 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2679 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2680 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2681 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2682 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2683 NULL)
2684
2685 DEFHOOK
2686 (gen_ccmp_next,
2687 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2688 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2689 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2690 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2691 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2692 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2693 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2694 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2695 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2696 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2697 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2698 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2699 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2700 NULL)
2701
2702 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2703 DEFHOOK
2704 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2705 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2706 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2707 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2708 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2709 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2710 number of memory accesses.",
2711 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2712 NULL)
2713
2714 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2715 DEFHOOK
2716 (legitimate_constant_p,
2717 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2718 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2719 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2720 \n\
2721 The default definition returns true.",
2722 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2723 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2724
2725 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2726 DEFHOOK
2727 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2728 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2729 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2730 of @var{x}.\n\
2731 \n\
2732 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2733 \n\
2734 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2735 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2736 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2737 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2738 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2739 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2740 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2741
2742 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2743 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2744 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2745 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2746
2747 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2748 DEFHOOK
2749 (commutative_p,
2750 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2751 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2752 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2753 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2754 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2755 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2756
2757 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2758 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2759 DEFHOOK
2760 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2761 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2762 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2763 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2764 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2765 but not others.\n\
2766 \n\
2767 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2768 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2769 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2770 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2771 \n\
2772 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2773 \n\
2774 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2775 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2776 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2777
2778 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2779 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2780 DEFHOOK
2781 (legitimize_address,
2782 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2783 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2784 address.\n\
2785 \n\
2786 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2787 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2788 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2789 @var{x}.\n\
2790 \n\
2791 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2792 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2793 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2794 \n\
2795 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2796 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2797 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2798 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2799 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2800 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2801 strategy can generate better code.",
2802 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2803 default_legitimize_address)
2804
2805 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2806 DEFHOOK
2807 (delegitimize_address,
2808 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2809 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2810 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2811 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2812 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2813 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2814 into their original form.",
2815 rtx, (rtx x),
2816 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2817
2818 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2819 section. */
2820 DEFHOOK
2821 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2822 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2823 debug sections.",
2824 bool, (rtx x),
2825 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2826
2827 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2828 DEFHOOK
2829 (legitimate_address_p,
2830 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2831 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2832 \n\
2833 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2834 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2835 desired by the caller.\n\
2836 \n\
2837 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2838 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2839 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2840 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2841 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2842 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2843 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2844 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2845 \n\
2846 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2847 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2848 register is required.\n\
2849 \n\
2850 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2851 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2852 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2853 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2854 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2855 \n\
2856 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2857 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2858 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2859 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2860 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2861 \n\
2862 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2863 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2864 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2865 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2866 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2867 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2868 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2869 Format}.\n\
2870 \n\
2871 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2872 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2873 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2874 has this syntax:\n\
2875 \n\
2876 @example\n\
2877 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2878 @end example\n\
2879 \n\
2880 @noindent\n\
2881 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2882 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2883 \n\
2884 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2885 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2886 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2887 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2888 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2889 \n\
2890 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2891 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2892 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2893 default_legitimate_address_p)
2894
2895 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2896 DEFHOOK
2897 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2898 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2899 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2900 of @var{x}.\n\
2901 \n\
2902 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2903 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2904 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2905
2906 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2907 DEFHOOK
2908 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2909 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2910 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2911 \n\
2912 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2913 bool, (const_tree decl),
2914 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2915
2916 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2917 DEFHOOKPOD
2918 (min_anchor_offset,
2919 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2920 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2921 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2922 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2923 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2924
2925 DEFHOOKPOD
2926 (max_anchor_offset,
2927 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2928 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2929 value is 0.",
2930 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2931
2932 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2933 DEFHOOK
2934 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2935 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2936 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2937 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2938 \n\
2939 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2940 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2941 or target-specific sections.",
2942 bool, (const_rtx x),
2943 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2944
2945 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2946 DEFHOOK
2947 (has_ifunc_p,
2948 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2949 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2950 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2951 bool, (void),
2952 default_has_ifunc_p)
2953
2954 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2955 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2956 this is an indirect call. */
2957 DEFHOOK
2958 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2959 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2960 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2961 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2962 \n\
2963 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2964 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2965 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2966 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2967 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2968 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2969 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2970 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2971
2972 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2973 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2974 level, outside of any function scope. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (set_current_function,
2977 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2978 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2979 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2980 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2981 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2982 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2983 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2984 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2985 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2986 \n\
2987 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2988 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2989 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2990 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2991 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2992 outside of any function scope.",
2993 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2994
2995 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2996 DEFHOOK
2997 (in_small_data_p,
2998 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2999 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3000 bool, (const_tree exp),
3001 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3002
3003 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3004 to the current executable or shared library. */
3005 DEFHOOK
3006 (binds_local_p,
3007 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3008 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3009 or executable image).\n\
3010 \n\
3011 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3012 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3013 currently supported object file formats.",
3014 bool, (const_tree exp),
3015 default_binds_local_p)
3016
3017 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3018 DEFHOOK
3019 (profile_before_prologue,
3020 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3021 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3022 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3023 bool, (void),
3024 default_profile_before_prologue)
3025
3026 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3027 enabled. */
3028 DEFHOOK
3029 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3030 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3031 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3032 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3033 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3034 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3035 bool, (void),
3036 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3037
3038 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3039 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3040 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3041 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3042 DEFHOOK
3043 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3044 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3045 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3046 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3047 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3048 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3049 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3050 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3051 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3052 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3053
3054 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3055 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3056 DEFHOOK
3057 (encode_section_info,
3058 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3059 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3060 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3061 \n\
3062 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3063 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3064 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3065 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3066 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3067 \n\
3068 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3069 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3070 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3071 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3072 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3073 leave it alone.)\n\
3074 \n\
3075 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3076 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3077 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3078 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3079 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3080 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3081 \n\
3082 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3083 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3084 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3085 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3086 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3087 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3088 \n\
3089 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3090 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3091 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3092 before overriding it.",
3093 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3094 default_encode_section_info)
3095
3096 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3097 DEFHOOK
3098 (strip_name_encoding,
3099 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3100 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3101 may have added.",
3102 const char *, (const char *name),
3103 default_strip_name_encoding)
3104
3105 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3106 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3107 DEFHOOK
3108 (shift_truncation_mask,
3109 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3110 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3111 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3112 \n\
3113 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3114 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3115 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3116 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3117 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3118 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3119 \n\
3120 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3121 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3122 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3123 \n\
3124 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3125 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3126 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3127 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3128 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3129 by overriding it.",
3130 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3131 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3132
3133 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3134 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3135 the reciprocal. */
3136 DEFHOOK
3137 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3138 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3139 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3140 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3141 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3142 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3143 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3144 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3145 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3146
3147 DEFHOOK
3148 (truly_noop_truncation,
3149 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3150 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3151 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3152 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3153 is correct for most machines.\n\
3154 \n\
3155 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3156 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3157 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3158 bool, (unsigned int outprec, unsigned int inprec),
3159 hook_bool_uint_uint_true)
3160
3161 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3162 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3163 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3164 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3165 necessarily defined at this point. */
3166 DEFHOOK
3167 (mode_rep_extended,
3168 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3169 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3170 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3171 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3172 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3173 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3174 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3175 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3176 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3177 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3178 \n\
3179 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3180 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3181 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3182 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3183 \n\
3184 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3185 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3186 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3187 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3188 extension.\n\
3189 \n\
3190 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3191 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3192 @code{mode}.",
3193 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3194 default_mode_rep_extended)
3195
3196 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3197 DEFHOOK
3198 (valid_pointer_mode,
3199 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3200 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3201 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3202 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3203 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3204
3205 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3206 DEFHOOK
3207 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3208 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3209 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3210 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3211 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3212 a pointer to int.",
3213 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3214 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3215
3216 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3217 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3218 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3219 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3220
3221 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3222 DEFHOOK
3223 (pointer_mode,
3224 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3225 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3226 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3227 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3228 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3229
3230 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3231 DEFHOOK
3232 (address_mode,
3233 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3234 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3235 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3236 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3237 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3238
3239 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3240 in another address space. */
3241 DEFHOOK
3242 (valid_pointer_mode,
3243 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3244 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3245 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3246 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3247 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3248 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3249 target hooks for the given address space.",
3250 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3251 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3252
3253 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3254 space for a given mode. */
3255 DEFHOOK
3256 (legitimate_address_p,
3257 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3258 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3259 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3260 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3261 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3262 explicit named address space support.",
3263 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3264 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3265
3266 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3267 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3268 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3269 DEFHOOK
3270 (legitimize_address,
3271 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3272 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3273 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3274 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3275 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3276 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3277
3278 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3279 DEFHOOK
3280 (subset_p,
3281 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3282 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3283 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3284 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3285 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3286 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3287 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3288 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3289
3290 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3291 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3292 DEFHOOK
3293 (zero_address_valid,
3294 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3295 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3296 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3297 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3298
3299 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3300 DEFHOOK
3301 (convert,
3302 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3303 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3304 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3305 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3306 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3307 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3308 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3309 default_addr_space_convert)
3310
3311 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3312 DEFHOOK
3313 (debug,
3314 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3315 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3316 int, (addr_space_t as),
3317 default_addr_space_debug)
3318
3319 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3320 DEFHOOK
3321 (diagnose_usage,
3322 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3323 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3324 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3325 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3326 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3327 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3328 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3329 The default implementation does nothing.",
3330 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3331 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3332
3333 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3334
3335 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3336 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3337
3338 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3339 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3340 the arithmetic is supported. */
3341 DEFHOOK
3342 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3343 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3344 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3345 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3346 must work.\n\
3347 \n\
3348 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3349 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3350 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3351 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3352 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3353 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3354
3355 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3356 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3357 for further details. */
3358 DEFHOOK
3359 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3360 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3361 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3362 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3363 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3364 hook_bool_mode_false)
3365
3366 DEFHOOK
3367 (vector_alignment,
3368 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3369 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3370 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3371 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3372 the vector element type.",
3373 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3374 default_vector_alignment)
3375
3376 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3377 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3378 DEFHOOK
3379 (array_mode_supported_p,
3380 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3381 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3382 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3383 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3384 \n\
3385 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3386 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3387 has operations like:\n\
3388 \n\
3389 @smallexample\n\
3390 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3391 @end smallexample\n\
3392 \n\
3393 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3394 \n\
3395 @smallexample\n\
3396 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3397 @{\n\
3398 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3399 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3400 @end smallexample\n\
3401 \n\
3402 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3403 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3404 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3405 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3406 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3407
3408 DEFHOOK
3409 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3410 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3411 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3412 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3413 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3414 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3415 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3416 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3417
3418 DEFHOOK
3419 (floatn_mode,
3420 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3421 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3422 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3423 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3424 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3425 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3426 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3427 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3428 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3429 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3430 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3431 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3432 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3433 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3434 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3435 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3436 default_floatn_mode)
3437
3438 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3439 TO, using MODE. */
3440 DEFHOOK
3441 (register_move_cost,
3442 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3443 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3444 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3445 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3446 that.\n\
3447 \n\
3448 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3449 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3450 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3451 \n\
3452 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3453 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3454 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3455 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3456 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3457 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3458 \n\
3459 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3460 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3461 default_register_move_cost)
3462
3463 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3464 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3465 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3466 DEFHOOK
3467 (memory_move_cost,
3468 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3469 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3470 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3471 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3472 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3473 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3474 \n\
3475 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3476 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3477 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3478 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3479 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3480 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3481 \n\
3482 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3483 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3484 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3485 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3486 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3487 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3488 are the same as to this target hook.",
3489 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3490 default_memory_move_cost)
3491
3492 DEFHOOK
3493 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3494 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3495 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3496 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3497 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3498 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3499 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3500 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3501 \n\
3502 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3503 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3504 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3505 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3506 units.\n\
3507 \n\
3508 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3509 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3510 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3511 under consideration.\n\
3512 \n\
3513 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3514 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3515 \n\
3516 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3517 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3518 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3519 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3520 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3521 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3522 \n\
3523 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3524 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3525 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3526 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3527 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3528 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3529
3530 DEFHOOK
3531 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3532 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3533 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3534 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3535 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3536 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3537 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3538 negative number from this hook.",
3539 int, (machine_mode mode),
3540 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3541
3542 DEFHOOK
3543 (slow_unaligned_access,
3544 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3545 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3546 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3547 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3548 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3549 \n\
3550 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3551 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3552 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3553 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3554 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3555 \n\
3556 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3557 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3558 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3559 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3560
3561 DEFHOOK
3562 (optab_supported_p,
3563 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3564 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3565 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3566 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3567 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3568 \n\
3569 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3570 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3571 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3572 \n\
3573 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3574 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3575 optimization_type opt_type),
3576 default_optab_supported_p)
3577
3578 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3579 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3580 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3581 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3582 DEFHOOK
3583 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3584 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3585 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3586 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3587 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3588 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3589 for any mode.\n\
3590 \n\
3591 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3592 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3593 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3594 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3595 insn.\n\
3596 \n\
3597 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3598 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3599 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3600 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3601 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3602 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3603 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3604 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3605 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3606 \n\
3607 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3608 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3609 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3610 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3611 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3612 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3613 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3614 hook_bool_mode_false)
3615
3616 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3617 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3618 DEFHOOKPOD
3619 (flags_regnum,
3620 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3621 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3622 appropriately.",
3623 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3624
3625 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3626 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3627 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3628 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3629 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3630 DEFHOOK
3631 (rtx_costs,
3632 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3633 \n\
3634 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3635 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3636 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3637 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3638 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3639 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3640 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3641 \n\
3642 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3643 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3644 \n\
3645 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3646 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3647 instructions.\n\
3648 \n\
3649 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3650 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3651 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3652 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3653 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3654 \n\
3655 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3656 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3657 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3658 \n\
3659 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3660 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3661 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3662 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3663
3664 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3665 invalid addresses. */
3666 DEFHOOK
3667 (address_cost,
3668 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3669 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3670 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3671 \n\
3672 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3673 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3674 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3675 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3676 \n\
3677 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3678 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3679 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3680 \n\
3681 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3682 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3683 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3684 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3685 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3686 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3687 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3688 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3689 \n\
3690 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3691 \n\
3692 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3693 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3694 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3695 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3696 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3697 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3698 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3699 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3700 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3701 default_address_cost)
3702
3703 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3704 well defined units. */
3705 DEFHOOK
3706 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3707 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3708 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3709 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3710 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3711 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3712 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3713 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3714 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3715 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3716 \n\
3717 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3718 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3719 were true.\n\
3720 \n\
3721 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3722 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3723 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3724 unsigned int, (edge e),
3725 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3726
3727 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3728 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3729 DEFHOOK
3730 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3731 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3732 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3733 @code{if_info}.",
3734 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3735 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3736
3737 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3738 scheduling. */
3739 DEFHOOK
3740 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3741 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3742 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3743 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3744 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3745 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3746 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3747 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3748 hook_bool_void_false)
3749
3750 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3751 DEFHOOK
3752 (allocate_initial_value,
3753 "\n\
3754 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3755 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3756 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3757 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3758 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3759 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3760 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3761 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3762 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3763 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3764 @code{MEM}.\n\
3765 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3766 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3767 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3768 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3769 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3770 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3771 allocation.",
3772 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3773
3774 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3775 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3776 DEFHOOK
3777 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3778 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3779 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3780 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3781 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3782 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3783 passed along.",
3784 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3785 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3786
3787 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3788 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3789 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3790 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3791 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3792 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3793 DEFHOOK
3794 (dwarf_register_span,
3795 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3796 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3797 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3798 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3799 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3800 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3801 rtx, (rtx reg),
3802 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3803
3804 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3805 register. */
3806 DEFHOOK
3807 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3808 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3809 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3810 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3811 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3812 machine_mode, (int regno),
3813 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3814
3815 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3816 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3817 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3818 code, given the address of the table. */
3819 DEFHOOK
3820 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3821 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3822 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3823 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3824 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3825 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3826 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3827 void, (tree address),
3828 hook_void_tree)
3829
3830 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3831 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3832 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3833 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3834 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3835 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3836 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3837 DEFHOOK
3838 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3839 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3840 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3841 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3842 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3843 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3844 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3845 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3846 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3847 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3848 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3849 \n\
3850 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3851 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3852 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3853
3854 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3855 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3856 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3857 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3858 VOIDmode. */
3859 DEFHOOK
3860 (cc_modes_compatible,
3861 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3862 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3863 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3864 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3865 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3866 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3867 \n\
3868 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3869 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3870 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3871 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3872 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3873
3874 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3875 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3876 DEFHOOK
3877 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3878 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3879 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3880 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3881 \n\
3882 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3883 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3884 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3885 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3886 \n\
3887 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3888 definition is null.",
3889 void, (void), NULL)
3890
3891 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3892 DEFHOOK
3893 (build_builtin_va_list,
3894 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3895 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3896 tree, (void),
3897 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3898
3899 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3900 DEFHOOK
3901 (enum_va_list_p,
3902 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3903 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3904 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3905 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3906 variable.\n\
3907 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3908 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3909 internal type.\n\
3910 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3911 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3912 macro to iterate through all types.",
3913 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3914 NULL)
3915
3916 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3917 DEFHOOK
3918 (fn_abi_va_list,
3919 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3920 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3921 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3922 tree, (tree fndecl),
3923 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3924
3925 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3926 DEFHOOK
3927 (canonical_va_list_type,
3928 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3929 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3930 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3931 tree, (tree type),
3932 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3933
3934 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3935 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3936 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3937 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3938 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3939
3940 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3941 DEFHOOK
3942 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3943 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3944 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3945 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3946 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3947 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3948 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3949
3950 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3951 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3952 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3953 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3954 or an error message if not. */
3955 DEFHOOK
3956 (get_pch_validity,
3957 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3958 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3959 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
3960 void *, (size_t *sz),
3961 default_get_pch_validity)
3962
3963 DEFHOOK
3964 (pch_valid_p,
3965 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3966 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3967 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3968 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3969 \n\
3970 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3971 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3972 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3973 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3974 \n\
3975 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3976 suitable for most targets.",
3977 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3978 default_pch_valid_p)
3979
3980 DEFHOOK
3981 (prepare_pch_save,
3982 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3983 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3984 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3985 to do anything here.",
3986 void, (void),
3987 hook_void_void)
3988
3989 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3990 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3991 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3992 DEFHOOK
3993 (check_pch_target_flags,
3994 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3995 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3996 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3997 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3998 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
3999 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4000
4001 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4002 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4003 that type. */
4004 DEFHOOK
4005 (default_short_enums,
4006 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4007 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4008 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4009 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4010 \n\
4011 The default is to return false.",
4012 bool, (void),
4013 hook_bool_void_false)
4014
4015 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4016 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4017 DEFHOOK
4018 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4019 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4020 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4021 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4022 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4023 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4024 rtx, (void),
4025 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4026
4027 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4028 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4029 DEFHOOK
4030 (md_asm_adjust,
4031 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4032 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4033 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4034 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4035 \n\
4036 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4037 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4038 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4039 rtx_insn *,
4040 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4041 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4042 NULL)
4043
4044 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4045 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4046 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4047 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4048 the function is being declared as an int. */
4049 DEFHOOK
4050 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4051 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4052 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4053 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4054 int, (const_tree function),
4055 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4056
4057 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4058 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4059 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4060 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4061 and
4062 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4063 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4064 DEFHOOK
4065 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4066 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4067 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4068 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4069 @smallexample\n\
4070 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4071 @end smallexample\n\
4072 and\n\
4073 @smallexample\n\
4074 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4075 @end smallexample\n\
4076 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4077 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4078 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4079 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4080
4081 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4082 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4083 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4084 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4085 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4086 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4087 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4088
4089 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4090 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4091 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4092 DEFHOOK
4093 (stack_protect_guard,
4094 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4095 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4096 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4097 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4098 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4099 \n\
4100 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4101 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4102 tree, (void),
4103 default_stack_protect_guard)
4104
4105 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4106 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4107 DEFHOOK
4108 (stack_protect_fail,
4109 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4110 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4111 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4112 \n\
4113 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4114 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4115 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4116 tree, (void),
4117 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4118
4119 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4120 protector runtime support. */
4121 DEFHOOK
4122 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4123 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4124 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4125 bool, (void),
4126 hook_bool_void_true)
4127
4128 DEFHOOK
4129 (can_use_doloop_p,
4130 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4131 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4132 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4133 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4134 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4135 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4136 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4137 \n\
4138 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4139 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4140 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4141 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4142 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4143 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4144
4145 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4146 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4147 DEFHOOK
4148 (invalid_within_doloop,
4149 "\n\
4150 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4151 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4152 could not be applied.\n\
4153 \n\
4154 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4155 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4156 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4157 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4158 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4159 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4160 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4161
4162 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4163 DEFHOOK
4164 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4165 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4166 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4167 default is to accept all instructions.",
4168 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4169 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4170
4171 DEFHOOK
4172 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4173 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4174 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4175 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4176 bool, (const_tree decl),
4177 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4178
4179 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4180 value. */
4181 DEFHOOKPOD
4182 (const_anchor,
4183 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4184 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4185 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4186 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4187 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4188 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4189 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4190 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4191 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4192 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4193 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4194 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4195 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4196 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4197 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4198 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4199
4200 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4201 DEFHOOK
4202 (memmodel_check,
4203 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4204 memory model bits are allowed.",
4205 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4206
4207 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4208 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4209 supported by the target. */
4210 DEFHOOK
4211 (asan_shadow_offset,
4212 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4213 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4214 supported by the target.",
4215 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4216 NULL)
4217
4218 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4219 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4220 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4221
4222 DEFHOOK
4223 (promote_function_mode,
4224 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4225 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4226 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4227 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4228 pointer} types.\n\
4229 \n\
4230 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4231 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4232 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4233 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4234 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4235 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4236 the signedness may be different.\n\
4237 \n\
4238 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4239 \n\
4240 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4241 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4242 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4243 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4244 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4245 default_promote_function_mode)
4246
4247 DEFHOOK
4248 (promote_prototypes,
4249 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4250 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4251 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4252 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4253 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4254 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4255 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4256
4257 DEFHOOK
4258 (struct_value_rtx,
4259 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4260 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4261 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4262 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4263 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4264 argument.\n\
4265 \n\
4266 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4267 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4268 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4269 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4270 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4271 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4272 the caller.\n\
4273 \n\
4274 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4275 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4276 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4277 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4278 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4279 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4280 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4281
4282 DEFHOOKPOD
4283 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4284 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4285 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4286 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4287 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4288 undesirable on your target.",
4289 bool, false)
4290
4291 DEFHOOK
4292 (return_in_memory,
4293 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4294 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4295 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4296 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4297 libcalls.\n\
4298 \n\
4299 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4300 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4301 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4302 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4303 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4304 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4305 \n\
4306 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4307 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4308 to indicate this.",
4309 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4310 default_return_in_memory)
4311
4312 DEFHOOK
4313 (return_in_msb,
4314 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4315 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4316 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4317 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4318 \n\
4319 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4320 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4321 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4322 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4323 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4324 bool, (const_tree type),
4325 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4326
4327 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4328 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4329 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4330 DEFHOOK
4331 (pass_by_reference,
4332 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4333 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4334 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4335 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4336 \n\
4337 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4338 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4339 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4340 to that type.",
4341 bool,
4342 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4343 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4344
4345 DEFHOOK
4346 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4347 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4348 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4349 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4350 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4351 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4352 rtx, (void),
4353 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4354
4355 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4356 DEFHOOK
4357 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4358 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4359 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4360 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4361 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4362 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4363 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4364 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4365 \n\
4366 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4367 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4368 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4369 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4370 \n\
4371 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4372 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4373 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4374 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4375 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4376 frame.\n\
4377 \n\
4378 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4379 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4380 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4381 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4382 for all data types.\n\
4383 \n\
4384 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4385 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4386 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4387 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4388 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4389 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4390 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4391 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4392
4393 DEFHOOK
4394 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4395 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4396 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4397 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4398 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4399 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4400 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4401 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4402 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4403 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4404
4405 DEFHOOK
4406 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4407 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4408 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4409 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4410 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4411 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4412 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4413 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4414 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4415 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4416
4417 DEFHOOK
4418 (load_returned_bounds,
4419 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4420 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4421 loaded bounds.",
4422 rtx, (rtx slot),
4423 default_load_returned_bounds)
4424
4425 DEFHOOK
4426 (store_returned_bounds,
4427 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4428 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4429 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4430 default_store_returned_bounds)
4431
4432 DEFHOOK
4433 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4434 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4435 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4436 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4437 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4438 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4439 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4440
4441 DEFHOOK
4442 (call_args,
4443 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4444 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4445 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4446 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4447 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4448 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4449 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4450 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4451 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4452 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4453 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4454 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4455 void, (rtx, tree),
4456 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4457
4458 DEFHOOK
4459 (end_call_args,
4460 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4461 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4462 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4463 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4464 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4465 void, (void),
4466 hook_void_void)
4467
4468 DEFHOOK
4469 (strict_argument_naming,
4470 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4471 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4472 \n\
4473 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4474 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4475 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4476 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4477 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4478 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4479 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4480 \n\
4481 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4482 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4483 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4484
4485 /* Returns true if we should use
4486 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4487 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4488 DEFHOOK
4489 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4490 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4491 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4492 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4493 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4494 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4495 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4496 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4497 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4498
4499 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4500 should be passed as two scalars. */
4501 DEFHOOK
4502 (split_complex_arg,
4503 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4504 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4505 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4506 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4507 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4508 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4509 point register.\n\
4510 \n\
4511 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4512 false.",
4513 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4514
4515 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4516 but must be passed on the stack. */
4517 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4518 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4519 DEFHOOK
4520 (must_pass_in_stack,
4521 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4522 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4523 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4524 documentation.",
4525 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4526 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4527
4528 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4529 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4530 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4531 DEFHOOK
4532 (callee_copies,
4533 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4534 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4535 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4536 by the caller.\n\
4537 \n\
4538 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4539 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4540 not be generated.\n\
4541 \n\
4542 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4543 bool,
4544 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4545 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4546
4547 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4548 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4549 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4550 DEFHOOK
4551 (arg_partial_bytes,
4552 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4553 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4554 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4555 pushed on the stack.\n\
4556 \n\
4557 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4558 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4559 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4560 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4561 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4562 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4563 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4564 \n\
4565 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4566 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4567 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4568 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4569 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4570
4571 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4572 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4573 argument. */
4574 DEFHOOK
4575 (function_arg_advance,
4576 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4577 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4578 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4579 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4580 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4581 \n\
4582 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4583 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4584 used for arguments without any special help.",
4585 void,
4586 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4587 default_function_arg_advance)
4588
4589 DEFHOOK
4590 (function_arg_offset,
4591 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4592 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4593 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4594 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4595 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4596 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4597 default_function_arg_offset)
4598
4599 DEFHOOK
4600 (function_arg_padding,
4601 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4602 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4603 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4604 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4605 \n\
4606 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4607 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4608 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4609 \n\
4610 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4611 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4612 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4613 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4614 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4615 default_function_arg_padding)
4616
4617 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4618 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4619 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4620 argument. */
4621 DEFHOOK
4622 (function_arg,
4623 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4624 register and if so, which register.\n\
4625 \n\
4626 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4627 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4628 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4629 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4630 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4631 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4632 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4633 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4634 \n\
4635 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4636 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4637 on the stack.\n\
4638 \n\
4639 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4640 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4641 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4642 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4643 for more information.\n\
4644 \n\
4645 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4646 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4647 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4648 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4649 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4650 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4651 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4652 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4653 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4654 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4655 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4656 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4657 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4658 \n\
4659 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4660 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4661 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4662 \n\
4663 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4664 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4665 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4666 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4667 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4668 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4669 \n\
4670 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4671 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4672 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4673 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4674 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4675 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4676 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4677 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4678 a register.",
4679 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4680 bool named),
4681 default_function_arg)
4682
4683 DEFHOOK
4684 (function_incoming_arg,
4685 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4686 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4687 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4688 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4689 \n\
4690 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4691 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4692 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4693 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4694 arrive.\n\
4695 \n\
4696 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4697 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4698 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4699 \n\
4700 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4701 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4702 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4703 bool named),
4704 default_function_incoming_arg)
4705
4706 DEFHOOK
4707 (function_arg_boundary,
4708 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4709 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4710 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4711 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4712 default_function_arg_boundary)
4713
4714 DEFHOOK
4715 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4716 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4717 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4718 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4719 value.",
4720 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4721 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4722
4723 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4724 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4725 DEFHOOK
4726 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4727 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4728 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4729 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4730 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4731 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4732
4733 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4734 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4735 DEFHOOK
4736 (function_value,
4737 "\n\
4738 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4739 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4740 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4741 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4742 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4743 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4744 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4745 a function returns a value.\n\
4746 \n\
4747 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4748 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4749 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4750 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4751 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4752 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4753 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4754 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4755 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4756 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4757 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4758 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4759 \n\
4760 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4761 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4762 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4763 \n\
4764 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4765 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4766 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4767 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4768 known.\n\
4769 \n\
4770 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4771 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4772 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4773 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4774 \n\
4775 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4776 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4777 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4778 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4779 default_function_value)
4780
4781 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4782 DEFHOOK
4783 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4784 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4785 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4786 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4787 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4788 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4789
4790 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4791 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4792 DEFHOOK
4793 (libcall_value,
4794 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4795 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4796 \n\
4797 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4798 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4799 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4800 \n\
4801 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4802 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4803 default_libcall_value)
4804
4805 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4806 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4807 DEFHOOK
4808 (function_value_regno_p,
4809 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4810 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4811 \n\
4812 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4813 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4814 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4815 \n\
4816 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4817 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4818 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4819 \n\
4820 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4821 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4822 default_function_value_regno_p)
4823
4824 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4825 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4826 (internal_arg_pointer,
4827 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4828 current function.",
4829 rtx, (void),
4830 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4831
4832 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4833 DEFHOOK
4834 (update_stack_boundary,
4835 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4836 necessary.",
4837 void, (void), NULL)
4838
4839 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4840 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4841 DEFHOOK
4842 (get_drap_rtx,
4843 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4844 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4845 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4846 is needed.",
4847 rtx, (void), NULL)
4848
4849 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4850 stack. */
4851 DEFHOOK
4852 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4853 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4854 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4855 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4856 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4857 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4858 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4859 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4860 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4861 bool, (void),
4862 hook_bool_void_true)
4863
4864 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4865 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4866 DEFHOOK
4867 (static_chain,
4868 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4869 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4870 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4871 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4872 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4873 \n\
4874 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4875 \n\
4876 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4877 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4878 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4879 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4880 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4881 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4882 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4883 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4884 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4885 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4886 to refer to those items.",
4887 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4888 default_static_chain)
4889
4890 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4891 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4892 DEFHOOK
4893 (trampoline_init,
4894 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4895 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4896 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4897 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4898 when it is called.\n\
4899 \n\
4900 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4901 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4902 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4903 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4904 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4905 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4906 \n\
4907 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4908 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4909 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4910 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4911 default_trampoline_init)
4912
4913 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4914 DEFHOOK
4915 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4916 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4917 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4918 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4919 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4920 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4921 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4922 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
4923 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4924
4925 DEFHOOKPOD
4926 (custom_function_descriptors,
4927 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4928 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4929 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4930 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4931 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4932 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4933 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4934 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4935 it to be made executable.\n\
4936 \n\
4937 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4938 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4939 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4940 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4941 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4942 int, -1)
4943
4944 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4945 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4946 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4947 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
4948 DEFHOOK
4949 (return_pops_args,
4950 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4951 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4952 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4953 \n\
4954 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4955 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4956 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4957 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4958 \n\
4959 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4960 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4961 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4962 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4963 arguments (if known).\n\
4964 \n\
4965 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4966 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4967 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4968 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4969 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4970 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4971 \n\
4972 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4973 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4974 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4975 \n\
4976 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4977 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4978 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4979 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4980 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4981 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4982 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4983 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4984 number of arguments.",
4985 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4986 default_return_pops_args)
4987
4988 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4989 returned. */
4990 DEFHOOK
4991 (get_raw_result_mode,
4992 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4993 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4994 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
4995 machine_mode, (int regno),
4996 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4997
4998 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4999 passed. */
5000 DEFHOOK
5001 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5002 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5003 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5004 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5005 machine_mode, (int regno),
5006 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5007
5008 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5009
5010 DEFHOOK
5011 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5012 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5013 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5014 bool, (void),
5015 hook_bool_void_false)
5016
5017 DEFHOOK
5018 (init_pic_reg,
5019 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5020 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5021 void, (void),
5022 hook_void_void)
5023
5024 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5025 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5026 DEFHOOK
5027 (invalid_conversion,
5028 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5029 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5030 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5031 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5032 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5033
5034 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5035 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5036 DEFHOOK
5037 (invalid_unary_op,
5038 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5039 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5040 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5041 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5042 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5043 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5044
5045 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5046 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5047 DEFHOOK
5048 (invalid_binary_op,
5049 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5050 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5051 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5052 the front end.",
5053 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5054 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5055
5056 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5057 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5058 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5059 DEFHOOK
5060 (promoted_type,
5061 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5062 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5063 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5064 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5065 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5066 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5067 tree, (const_tree type),
5068 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5069
5070 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5071 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5072 the standard conversion rules. */
5073 DEFHOOK
5074 (convert_to_type,
5075 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5076 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5077 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5078 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5079 conversion rules.\n\
5080 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5081 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5082 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5083
5084 DEFHOOK
5085 (can_change_mode_class,
5086 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5087 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5088 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5089 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5090 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5091 \n\
5092 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5093 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5094 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5095 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5096 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5097 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5098 \n\
5099 @smallexample\n\
5100 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5101 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5102 @end smallexample\n\
5103 \n\
5104 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5105 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5106 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5107 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5108 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5109 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5110 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5111 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5112 value that the middle-end intended.",
5113 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5114 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5115
5116 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5117 DEFHOOK
5118 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5119 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5120 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5121 \n\
5122 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5123 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5124 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5125
5126 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5127 DEFHOOK
5128 (lra_p,
5129 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5130 \
5131 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5132 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5133 bool, (void),
5134 default_lra_p)
5135
5136 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5137 DEFHOOK
5138 (register_priority,
5139 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5140 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5141 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5142 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5143 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5144 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5145 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5146 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5147 \
5148 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5149 int, (int),
5150 default_register_priority)
5151
5152 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5153 DEFHOOK
5154 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5155 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5156 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5157 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5158 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5159 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5160 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5161 optimizations.\
5162 \
5163 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5164 bool, (void),
5165 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5166
5167 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5168 DEFHOOK
5169 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5170 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5171 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5172 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5173 the insn.\
5174 \
5175 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5176 bool, (void),
5177 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5178
5179 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5180 instead of memory. */
5181 DEFHOOK
5182 (spill_class,
5183 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5184 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5185 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5186 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5187 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5188 NULL)
5189
5190 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5191 DEFHOOK
5192 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5193 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5194 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5195 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5196 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5197 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5198 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5199 bool, (reg_class_t),
5200 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5201
5202 DEFHOOK
5203 (cstore_mode,
5204 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5205 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5206 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5207 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5208 patterns.",
5209 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5210 default_cstore_mode)
5211
5212 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5213 classes to use. */
5214 DEFHOOK
5215 (compute_pressure_classes,
5216 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5217 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5218 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5219 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5220 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5221
5222 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5223 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5224 DEFHOOK
5225 (member_type_forces_blk,
5226 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5227 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5228 \n\
5229 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5230 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5231 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5232 retain the field's mode.\n\
5233 \n\
5234 Normally, this is not needed.",
5235 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5236 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5237
5238 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5239 that gate the divod transform. */
5240 DEFHOOK
5241 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5242 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5243 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5244 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5245 NULL)
5246
5247 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5248 DEFHOOK
5249 (secondary_reload,
5250 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5251 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5252 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5253 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5254 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5255 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5256 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5257 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5258 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5259 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5260 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5261 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5262 \n\
5263 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5264 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5265 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5266 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5267 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5268 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5269 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5270 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5271 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5272 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5273 \n\
5274 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5275 \n\
5276 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5277 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5278 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5279 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5280 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5281 \n\
5282 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5283 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5284 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5285 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5286 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5287 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5288 \n\
5289 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5290 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5291 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5292 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5293 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5294 \n\
5295 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5296 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5297 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5298 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5299 single-register-class\n\
5300 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5301 output constraint.\n\
5302 \n\
5303 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5304 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5305 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5306 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5307 \n\
5308 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5309 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5310 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5311 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5312 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5313 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5314 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5315 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5316 \n\
5317 \n\
5318 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5319 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5320 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5321 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5322 \n\
5323 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5324 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5325 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5326 \n\
5327 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5328 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5329 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5330 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5331 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5332 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5333 reg_class_t,
5334 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5335 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5336 default_secondary_reload)
5337
5338 DEFHOOK
5339 (secondary_memory_needed,
5340 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5341 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5342 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5343 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5344 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5345 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5346 false for all inputs.",
5347 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5348 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5349
5350 DEFHOOK
5351 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5352 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5353 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5354 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5355 \n\
5356 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5357 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5358 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5359 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5360 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5361 floating-point registers.\n\
5362 \n\
5363 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5364 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5365 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5366 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5367 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5368 details.\n\
5369 \n\
5370 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5371 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5372 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5373
5374 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5375 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5376 DEFHOOK
5377 (preferred_reload_class,
5378 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5379 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5380 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5381 another, smaller class.\n\
5382 \n\
5383 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5384 \n\
5385 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5386 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5387 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5388 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5389 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5390 \n\
5391 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5392 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5393 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5394 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5395 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5396 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5397 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5398 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5399 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5400 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5401 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5402 \n\
5403 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5404 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5405 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5406 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5407 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5408 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5409 reg_class_t,
5410 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5411 default_preferred_reload_class)
5412
5413 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5414 input reloads. */
5415 DEFHOOK
5416 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5417 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5418 input reloads.\n\
5419 \n\
5420 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5421 argument.\n\
5422 \n\
5423 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5424 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5425 reg_class_t,
5426 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5427 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5428
5429 DEFHOOK
5430 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5431 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5432 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5433 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5434 \n\
5435 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5436 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5437 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5438 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5439 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5440 \n\
5441 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5442 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5443 pressure.",
5444 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5445 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5446
5447 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5448 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5449 DEFHOOK
5450 (class_max_nregs,
5451 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5452 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5453 \n\
5454 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5455 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5456 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5457 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5458 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5459 \n\
5460 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5461 in the reload pass.\n\
5462 \n\
5463 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5464 in words.",
5465 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5466 default_class_max_nregs)
5467
5468 DEFHOOK
5469 (preferred_rename_class,
5470 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5471 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5472 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5473 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5474 is not implemented.\
5475 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5476 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5477 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5478 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5479 be reduced.",
5480 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5481 default_preferred_rename_class)
5482
5483 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5484 during register allocation. */
5485 DEFHOOK
5486 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5487 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5488 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5489 register allocation.\n\
5490 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5491 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5492 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5493 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5494 bool, (rtx subst),
5495 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5496
5497 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5498 displacement addressing. */
5499 DEFHOOK
5500 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5501 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5502 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5503 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5504 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5505 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5506 addressing.",
5507 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5508 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5509
5510 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5511 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5512 DEFHOOK
5513 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5514 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5515 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5516 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5517 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5518 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5519 usage.",
5520 void, (void),
5521 hook_void_void)
5522
5523 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5524 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5525 but will be later. */
5526 DEFHOOK
5527 (instantiate_decls,
5528 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5529 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5530 void, (void),
5531 hook_void_void)
5532
5533 DEFHOOK
5534 (hard_regno_nregs,
5535 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5536 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5537 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5538 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5539 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5540 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5541 \n\
5542 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5543 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5544 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5545
5546 DEFHOOK
5547 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5548 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5549 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5550 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5551 unconditionally.\n\
5552 \n\
5553 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5554 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5555 \n\
5556 @cindex register pairs\n\
5557 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5558 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5559 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5560 \n\
5561 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5562 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5563 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5564 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5565 \n\
5566 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5567 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5568 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5569 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5570 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5571 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5572 modes to be tieable.\n\
5573 \n\
5574 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5575 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5576 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5577 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5578 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5579 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5580 \n\
5581 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5582 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5583 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5584 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5585 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5586 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5587 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5588 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5589 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5590 \n\
5591 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5592 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5593 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5594 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5595 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5596 \n\
5597 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5598 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5599 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5600 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5601 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5602 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5603 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5604
5605 DEFHOOK
5606 (modes_tieable_p,
5607 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5608 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5609 \n\
5610 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5611 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5612 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5613 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5614 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5615 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5616 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5617 \n\
5618 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5619 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5620 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5621 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5622 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5623
5624 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5625 in peephole2. */
5626 DEFHOOK
5627 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5628 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5629 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5630 \n\
5631 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5632 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5633 \n\
5634 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5635 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5636 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5637
5638 DEFHOOK
5639 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5640 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5641 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5642 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5643 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5644 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5645 \n\
5646 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5647 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5648 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5649 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5650
5651 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5652 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5653 DEFHOOK
5654 (case_values_threshold,
5655 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5656 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5657 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5658 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5659 unsigned int, (void),
5660 default_case_values_threshold)
5661
5662 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5663 DEFHOOK
5664 (compute_frame_layout,
5665 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5666 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5667 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5668 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5669 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5670 this callback is optional.",
5671 void, (void),
5672 hook_void_void)
5673
5674 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5675 DEFHOOK
5676 (frame_pointer_required,
5677 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5678 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5679 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5680 \n\
5681 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5682 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5683 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5684 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5685 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5686 pointer.\n\
5687 \n\
5688 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5689 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5690 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5691 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5692 them.\n\
5693 \n\
5694 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5695 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5696 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5697 \n\
5698 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5699 bool, (void),
5700 hook_bool_void_false)
5701
5702 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5703 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5704 DEFHOOK
5705 (can_eliminate,
5706 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5707 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5708 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5709 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5710 knows about.\n\
5711 \n\
5712 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5713 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5714 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5715
5716 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5717 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5718 target. */
5719 DEFHOOK
5720 (conditional_register_usage,
5721 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5722 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5723 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5724 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5725 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5726 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5727 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5728 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5729 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5730 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5731 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5732 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5733 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5734 command options have been applied.\n\
5735 \n\
5736 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5737 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5738 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5739 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5740 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5741 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5742 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5743 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5744 \n\
5745 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5746 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5747 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5748 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5749 void, (void),
5750 hook_void_void)
5751
5752 DEFHOOK
5753 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5754 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5755 bool, (rtx residual),
5756 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5757
5758
5759 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5760 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5761 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5762 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5763
5764 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5765 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5766 (mode_for_suffix,
5767 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5768 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5769 machine_mode, (char c),
5770 default_mode_for_suffix)
5771
5772 DEFHOOK
5773 (excess_precision,
5774 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5775 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5776 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5777 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5778 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5779 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5780 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5781 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5782 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5783 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5784 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5785 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5786 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5787 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5788 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5789 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5790 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5791 default_excess_precision)
5792
5793 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5794
5795 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5796 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5797 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5798 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5799
5800 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5801 DEFHOOK
5802 (guard_type,
5803 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5804 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5805 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5806 tree, (void),
5807 default_cxx_guard_type)
5808
5809 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5810 DEFHOOK
5811 (guard_mask_bit,
5812 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5813 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5814 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5815 bool, (void),
5816 hook_bool_void_false)
5817
5818 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5819 DEFHOOK
5820 (get_cookie_size,
5821 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5822 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5823 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5824 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5825 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5826 tree, (tree type),
5827 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5828
5829 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5830 DEFHOOK
5831 (cookie_has_size,
5832 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5833 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5834 bool, (void),
5835 hook_bool_void_false)
5836
5837 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5838 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5839 DEFHOOK
5840 (import_export_class,
5841 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5842 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5843 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5844 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5845 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5846 backend's targeted operating system.",
5847 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5848
5849 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5850 DEFHOOK
5851 (cdtor_returns_this,
5852 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5853 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5854 @code{false}.",
5855 bool, (void),
5856 hook_bool_void_false)
5857
5858 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5859 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5860 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5861 DEFHOOK
5862 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5863 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5864 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5865 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5866 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5867 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5868 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5869 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5870 bool, (void),
5871 hook_bool_void_true)
5872
5873 DEFHOOK
5874 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5875 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5876 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5877 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5878 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5879 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5880 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5881 void, (tree decl),
5882 hook_void_tree)
5883
5884 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5885 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5886 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5887 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5888 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5889 DEFHOOK
5890 (class_data_always_comdat,
5891 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5892 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5893 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5894 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5895 unit will not be COMDAT.",
5896 bool, (void),
5897 hook_bool_void_true)
5898
5899 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5900 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5901 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5902 DEFHOOK
5903 (library_rtti_comdat,
5904 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5905 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5906 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
5907 bool, (void),
5908 hook_bool_void_true)
5909
5910 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5911 destructors. */
5912 DEFHOOK
5913 (use_aeabi_atexit,
5914 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5915 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5916 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
5917 bool, (void),
5918 hook_bool_void_false)
5919
5920 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5921 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5922 DEFHOOK
5923 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
5924 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5925 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5926 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5927 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5928 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
5929 bool, (void),
5930 hook_bool_void_false)
5931
5932 DEFHOOK
5933 (adjust_class_at_definition,
5934 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5935 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5936 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5937 void, (tree type),
5938 hook_void_tree)
5939
5940 DEFHOOK
5941 (decl_mangling_context,
5942 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5943 tree, (const_tree decl),
5944 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5945
5946 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5947
5948 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5949 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5950 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5951 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5952
5953 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
5954 DEFHOOKPOD
5955 (get_address,
5956 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5957 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5958 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
5959 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5960
5961 DEFHOOKPOD
5962 (register_common,
5963 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5964 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5965 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5966 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5967 registration function to be used.",
5968 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5969
5970 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5971 DEFHOOKPOD
5972 (var_section,
5973 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5974 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5975 any section.",
5976 const char *, NULL)
5977
5978 DEFHOOKPOD
5979 (tmpl_section,
5980 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5981 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5982 section.",
5983 const char *, NULL)
5984
5985 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5986 DEFHOOKPOD
5987 (var_prefix,
5988 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5989 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
5990 const char *, NULL)
5991
5992 DEFHOOKPOD
5993 (tmpl_prefix,
5994 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5995 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
5996 const char *, NULL)
5997
5998 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5999 DEFHOOK
6000 (var_fields,
6001 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6002 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6003 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6004 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6005 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6006 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6007 default_emutls_var_fields)
6008
6009 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6010 DEFHOOK
6011 (var_init,
6012 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6013 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6014 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6015 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6016 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6017 default_emutls_var_init)
6018
6019 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6020 proxy variable. */
6021 DEFHOOKPOD
6022 (var_align_fixed,
6023 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6024 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6025 single objects. The default is false.",
6026 bool, false)
6027
6028 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6029 DEFHOOKPOD
6030 (debug_form_tls_address,
6031 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6032 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6033 bool, false)
6034
6035 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6036
6037 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6038 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6039 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6040
6041 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6042 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6043 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6044 DEFHOOK
6045 (valid_attribute_p,
6046 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6047 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6048 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6049 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6050 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6051 \n\
6052 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6053 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6054 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6055 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6056 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6057
6058 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6059 DEFHOOK
6060 (save,
6061 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6062 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6063 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6064 @xref{Option file format}.",
6065 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6066
6067 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6068 structure. */
6069 DEFHOOK
6070 (restore,
6071 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6072 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6073 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6074 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6075
6076 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6077 streamed in. */
6078 DEFHOOK
6079 (post_stream_in,
6080 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6081 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6082 LTO bytecode.",
6083 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6084
6085 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6086 structure. */
6087 DEFHOOK
6088 (print,
6089 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6090 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6091 function-specific options.",
6092 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6093
6094 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6095 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6096 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6097 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6098 DEFHOOK
6099 (pragma_parse,
6100 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6101 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6102 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6103 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6104 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6105 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6106
6107 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6108 DEFHOOK
6109 (override,
6110 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6111 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6112 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6113 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6114 \n\
6115 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6116 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6117 \n\
6118 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6119 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6120 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6121 void, (void),
6122 hook_void_void)
6123
6124 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6125 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6126 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6127 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6128 DEFHOOK
6129 (function_versions,
6130 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6131 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6132 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6133 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6134 different target machines.",
6135 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6136 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6137
6138 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6139 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6140 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6141 DEFHOOK
6142 (can_inline_p,
6143 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6144 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6145 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6146 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6147 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6148 default_target_can_inline_p)
6149
6150 DEFHOOK
6151 (relayout_function,
6152 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6153 void, (tree fndecl),
6154 hook_void_tree)
6155
6156 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6157
6158 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6159 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6160 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6161 DEFHOOK
6162 (extra_live_on_entry,
6163 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6164 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6165 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6166 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6167 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6168 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6169 void, (bitmap regs),
6170 hook_void_bitmap)
6171
6172 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6173 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6174 definition. */
6175 DEFHOOKPOD
6176 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6177 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6178 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6179 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6180 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6181 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6182 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6183 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6184 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6185 bool,
6186 false)
6187
6188 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6189 DEFHOOK
6190 (set_up_by_prologue,
6191 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6192 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6193 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6194 NULL)
6195
6196 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6197 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6198 function attribute. */
6199 DEFHOOK
6200 (warn_func_return,
6201 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6202 bool, (tree),
6203 hook_bool_tree_true)
6204
6205 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6206 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6207 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6208
6209 DEFHOOK
6210 (get_separate_components,
6211 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6212 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6213 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6214 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6215 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6216 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6217 sbitmap, (void),
6218 NULL)
6219
6220 DEFHOOK
6221 (components_for_bb,
6222 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6223 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6224 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6225 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6226 NULL)
6227
6228 DEFHOOK
6229 (disqualify_components,
6230 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6231 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6232 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6233 epilogue instead.",
6234 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6235 NULL)
6236
6237 DEFHOOK
6238 (emit_prologue_components,
6239 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6240 void, (sbitmap),
6241 NULL)
6242
6243 DEFHOOK
6244 (emit_epilogue_components,
6245 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6246 void, (sbitmap),
6247 NULL)
6248
6249 DEFHOOK
6250 (set_handled_components,
6251 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6252 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6253 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6254 will be deleted after this call.",
6255 void, (sbitmap),
6256 NULL)
6257
6258 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6259 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6260 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6261
6262 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6263 DEFHOOK
6264 (debug_unwind_info,
6265 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6266 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6267 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6268 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6269 \n\
6270 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6271 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6272 \n\
6273 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6274 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6275 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6276 default_debug_unwind_info)
6277
6278 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6279 defined at this time. */
6280 DEFHOOK
6281 (canonicalize_comparison,
6282 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6283 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6284 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6285 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6286 \n\
6287 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6288 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6289 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6290 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6291 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6292 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6293 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6294 \n\
6295 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6296 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6297 @file{md} file.\n\
6298 \n\
6299 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6300 comparison code or operands.",
6301 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6302 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6303
6304 DEFHOOK
6305 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6306 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6307 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6308 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6309 \n\
6310 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6311 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6312 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6313 \n\
6314 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6315 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6316 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6317 \n\
6318 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6319 defined to 1.",
6320 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6321
6322 DEFHOOKPOD
6323 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6324 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6325 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6326 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6327 unsigned char, 1)
6328
6329 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6330 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6331 as needed. */
6332 DEFHOOK
6333 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6334 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6335 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6336 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6337 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6338 hook_uint_mode_0)
6339
6340 DEFHOOK
6341 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6342 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6343 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6344 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6345 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6346 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6347 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6348 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6349 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6350 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6351 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6352 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6353 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6354 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6355 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6356 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6357 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6358 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6359
6360 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6361
6362 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6363 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6364 DEFHOOKPOD
6365 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6366 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6367 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6368 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6369 bool, false)
6370
6371 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6372 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6373 DEFHOOKPOD
6374 (have_ctors_dtors,
6375 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6376 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6377 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6378 bool, false)
6379
6380 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6381 DEFHOOKPOD
6382 (have_tls,
6383 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6384 The default value is false.",
6385 bool, false)
6386
6387 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6388 DEFHOOKPOD
6389 (have_srodata_section,
6390 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6391 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6392 bool, false)
6393
6394 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6395 DEFHOOKPOD
6396 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6397 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6398 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6399 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6400 true otherwise.",
6401 bool, true)
6402
6403 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6404 DEFHOOKPOD
6405 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6406 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6407 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6408 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6409 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6410 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6411 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6412 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6413 \n\
6414 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6415 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6416 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6417 bool, false)
6418
6419 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6420 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6421 DEFHOOKPOD
6422 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6423 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6424 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6425 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6426 this to be done. The default is false.",
6427 bool, false)
6428
6429 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6430 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6431 DEFHOOKPOD
6432 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6433 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6434 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6435 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6436 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6437 bool, false)
6438
6439 DEFHOOKPOD
6440 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6441 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6442 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6443 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6444 bool, false)
6445
6446 DEFHOOKPOD
6447 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6448 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6449 bool, false)
6450
6451 DEFHOOKPOD
6452 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6453 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6454 bool, false)
6455
6456 DEFHOOKPOD
6457 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6458 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6459 targets.",
6460 bool, false)
6461
6462 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6463
6464 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6465 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6466 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6467 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6468
6469 DEFHOOK
6470 (emit,
6471 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6472 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6473
6474 DEFHOOK
6475 (needed,
6476 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6477 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6478
6479 DEFHOOK
6480 (after,
6481 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6482 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6483
6484 DEFHOOK
6485 (entry,
6486 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6487 int, (int entity), NULL)
6488
6489 DEFHOOK
6490 (exit,
6491 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6492 int, (int entity), NULL)
6493
6494 DEFHOOK
6495 (priority,
6496 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6497 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6498
6499 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6500
6501 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6502 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6503
6504 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6505 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6506 #include "target-insns.def"
6507 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6508
6509 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6510 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6511 #include "target-insns.def"
6512 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6513
6514 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6515 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6516 #include "target-insns.def"
6517 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6518
6519 DEFHOOK
6520 (run_target_selftests,
6521 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6522 void, (void),
6523 NULL)
6524
6525 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6526 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6527